Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - I/P Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block (AQW)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP370 (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 (AQW)
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Lever Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (UH9)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block Connector End View (AQW)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Mobile Entertainment Player Module Connector End View (UMS)
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View (UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Left
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left (CJ3)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right (CJ3)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Vent and Floor Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness Connector End View (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness Connector End View (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness Connector End View (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness Connector End View (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness Connector End View (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness Connector End View (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Multifunction Switch Connector End View - I/P
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (C25)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C1 (KC7)
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C2 (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - 115VAC (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lift Lower Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Lift Upper Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2 or AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 1 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 2 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 3 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Door Jamb Switch Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Ignition Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Remote Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Inside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Motor Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Outside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3 or AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP370 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 Connector End View (AQW)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft Light Emitted Diode (LED) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C2
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left Middle
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right Middle
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Driver Door Key Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C1 (E59)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C2 (E59)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C2 (E58)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Right (E58)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C2 (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Left (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Right (A20)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.9L VIN 1
        • 3.9L VIN W
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.9L VIN 1
        • 3.9L VIN W
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - I/P Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block (AQW)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP370 (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 (AQW)
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Sliding Door Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connectors
          • Door Contact Plate - Left C1
          • Door Contact Plate - Left C2
          • Door Contact Plate - Right C1
          • Door Contact Plate - Right C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C2
          • Door Lock Actuator - Left Middle
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - Right Middle
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Driver Door Key Switch (UA6)
          • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) C1 (E59)
          • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) C2 (E59)
          • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) C1 (E58)
          • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) C2 (E58)
          • Sliding Door Detent Switch - Left (E59)
          • Sliding Door Detent Switch - Right (E58)
          • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch - Left (E59)
          • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch - Right (E58)
          • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator - Left (E59)
          • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator - Right (E58)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1011
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1292, B1293, or B1294
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1292
            • B1292 and B1293
            • B1292, B1293, and B1294
            • B1293
            • B1294
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1420
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3250
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3260
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3260
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Closes and Re-Opens
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Inoperative from One Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Opens with Transaxle Out of Park
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Sliding Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Cable Guide Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Bumper Replacement
        • Fuel Filler Door Innerlock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Cable Tension Adjustment
        • Power Sliding Door Motor Clutch Replacement (E58 Right Hand)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sliding Door Motor Clutch Replacement (E59 Left Hand)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Liftgate Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Latch Cable Replacement
        • Sliding Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Innerlock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Rear Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Control Module Replacement (with E58)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Control Module Replacement (with E59)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Lock Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Jamb Contact Plate Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
        • Interior Lamp and Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Open/Close Pillar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Sliding Door Delayed Locking
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Last Door Closed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Key Cylinder Lock
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Description and Operation
          • Power Sliding Door (PSD) System Components
          • Power Sliding Door (PSD) System Controls
          • Power Sliding Door (PSD) System Description
            • Notes
            • Power Sliding Door Module (PSDM)
            • PSD Motor and Clutch
            • PSD Detent Switch
            • PSD Unlatch Actuator
            • PSD Unlock Actuator
            • PSD Position Sensor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export Including Canada)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connectors
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
          • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3 or AP8)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3101
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3102
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3103
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3106
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
          • Theft Light Emitted Diode (LED)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Driver Door Key Switch
            • Power Door Lock Switches
              • Notes
              • Inputs
              • Outputs
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Object Detection System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Object Detection Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Object Detection Component Views
        • Object Detection Connectors
          • Object Sensor - LR Corner
          • Object Sensor - LR Middle
          • Object Sensor - RR Corner
          • Object Sensor - RR Middle
          • Rear Object Sensor Control Module
          • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector
          • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Moving
          • Vehicle Stopped
        • Symptoms - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Parking Assist Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Rear Parking Assist Inoperative - Red Indicator Flashes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Communication Schematic Icons
        • Data Communication Schematics
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Communication Component Views
        • Data Communication Connectors
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Communications
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0073
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299 or U2105 - U2199
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1000 and U1255
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module Replacement
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • BCM Setup
          • Remote Start Programming
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Passkey 3 Programming Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Body Control Module
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • GMLAN Serial Data Line
          • Class 2 Serial Data Link
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • AC/DC Power Outlet Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Power Sliding Door Modules
          • Power Sliding Door Module Replacement and Initialization Procedure
          • Power Sliding Door Module Reprogramming
          • Power Sliding Door Module Re-Initialization: May Be Due To Related Component Service
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Programming and Setup
          • Position Sensor Calibration
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • BCM Setup
          • Remote Start Programming
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Passkey 3 Programming Procedures
        • Communication Interface Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Memory Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Object Alarm Module Programming and Setup
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connectors
        • Cruise Control Lever
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • DTC P0564
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0567
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0568
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0703
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
        • Video System Schematics (w/o UMS)
        • Video System Schematics (UMS)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connectors
          • Audio Coupling Transformer C1 (UMS)
          • Audio Coupling Transformer C2 (UMS)
          • Cellular Microphone (UE1)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player (U42)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player C1 (UMS)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player C2 (UMS)
          • Mobile Entertainment Player Module (UMS)
          • OnStar Button Assembly (UE1)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2
          • Speaker - LF
          • Speaker - LR
          • Speaker - Rear Tweeter - Left
          • Speaker - Rear Tweeter - Right
          • Speaker - RF
          • Speaker - RR
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Left (UK3)
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Right (UK3)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) C2 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1259
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1290
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Mobile Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
            • Notes
            • With RPO U56 or U42
            • With Radio or CD/MP3 Player
            • With RPO U2K
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Video Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Audio Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Auxiliary Video Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Auxiliary Audio Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Power Type Antennas
          • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Theft Procedure
          • Option Configuration
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
            • Notes
            • Without RPO U2K or U42/U56
            • With RPO U2K or U42/U56
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Entertainment Data Cartridge Access Lower Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cellular and Navigation Antenna Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Disc Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Entertainment Data Cartridge Player Lower Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Pillar Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Mobile Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Playback File Types
          • File Errors
          • Removable Cartridge
          • In-Home Cradle and USB data cable
          • In-Home Power Supply
          • In-Home Software
          • In-Vehicle Software
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Points of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Technical Information for MP3 Player (US8)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Overhead Console
          • DVD Player
          • Display Screen
          • AUX Inputs
          • Parental Control
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • Wireless Headphones
          • Wired Headphone Jacks
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Door Jamb Switch - Liftgate
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Switch
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Multifunction Switch - I/P
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF
          • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Left
          • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Right
          • Sliding Door Jamb Switch - Left
          • Sliding Door Jamb Switch - Right
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Tail Lamp - Left
          • Tail Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (C25)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Low or High Beams Always On
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Flash to Pass Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Override Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Jamb Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Reading Lamp and Bulb Replacement
        • Interior Lamp and Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming (Domestic)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (European)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Automatic Lamp Control (ALC)
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Park, Tail, Marker, and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Roof Rail Reading Lamps
            • Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Modules and Driver Controls
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Displays and Gages Component Views
        • Displays and Gages Connectors
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (UH9)
          • Engine Oil Level Switch
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0160
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0161
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0931
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0935
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Compass Calibration
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Driver Information Display Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Rear Parking Assist
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Additional Chimes
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Set/Reset Button
          • Information Button
            • Notes
            • Average Speed
            • Fuel Range
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Menu Button
            • Notes
            • Units
            • Language
            • Personalization
          • Compass/Temperature Mode
          • Dimming Control
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Engine Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • OVERSPEED
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometers
            • Notes
            • Season Odometer
            • Trip Odometer
          • Oil Life Left
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Door Jamb Switch - Liftgate
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Switch
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Multifunction Switch - I/P
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF
          • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Left
          • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Right
          • Sliding Door Jamb Switch - Left
          • Sliding Door Jamb Switch - Right
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Tail Lamp - Left
          • Tail Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (C25)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Low or High Beams Always On
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Flash to Pass Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Override Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Jamb Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Reading Lamp and Bulb Replacement
        • Interior Lamp and Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming (Domestic)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (European)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Automatic Lamp Control (ALC)
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Park, Tail, Marker, and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Roof Rail Reading Lamps
            • Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Modules and Driver Controls
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console C1 (E58)
          • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console C2 (A20)
          • Rear Quarter Window Actuator - Left (A20)
          • Rear Quarter Window Actuator - Right (A20)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Switch - Driver
          • Window Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting:
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Front Windows
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Quarter Window(s) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Sliding Door Swing Out Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Stationary Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Without A20 Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (With A20 Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Swing Out)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Swing Out Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Body Side Window Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Front Passenger Window Operation
        • Rear Quarter Window Description and Operation
          • Rear Quarter Window System Components
          • Rear Quarter Window System Controls
          • Rear Quarter Window System Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connectors
          • Horn - Left
          • Horn - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
          • Vehicles Equipped With Content Theft Deterrent (UA6)
          • Vehicles Not Equipped With Content Theft Deterrent (UA6)
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export Including Canada)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • GMLAN Wiring System
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
        • Video System Schematics (w/o UMS)
        • Video System Schematics (UMS)
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connectors
          • Audio Coupling Transformer C1 (UMS)
          • Audio Coupling Transformer C2 (UMS)
          • Cellular Microphone (UE1)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player (U42)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player C1 (UMS)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player C2 (UMS)
          • Mobile Entertainment Player Module (UMS)
          • OnStar Button Assembly (UE1)
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2
          • Speaker - LF
          • Speaker - LR
          • Speaker - Rear Tweeter - Left
          • Speaker - Rear Tweeter - Right
          • Speaker - RF
          • Speaker - RR
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Left (UK3)
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Right (UK3)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) C2 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1259
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1290
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Tools Required
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Mobile Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Distortion
            • Notes
            • With RPO U56 or U42
            • With Radio or CD/MP3 Player
            • With RPO U2K
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Video Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Audio Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Auxiliary Video Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mobile Entertainment System Auxiliary Audio Degraded or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Power Type Antennas
          • Windshield Type Antennas
          • Rear Defogger Antenna System
          • Diversity Antenna System
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Theft Procedure
          • Option Configuration
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
            • Notes
            • Without RPO U2K or U42/U56
            • With RPO U2K or U42/U56
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Entertainment Data Cartridge Access Lower Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cellular and Navigation Antenna Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Disc Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Entertainment Data Cartridge Player Lower Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Front Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Pillar Speaker Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Mobile Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Playback File Types
          • File Errors
          • Removable Cartridge
          • In-Home Cradle and USB data cable
          • In-Home Power Supply
          • In-Home Software
          • In-Vehicle Software
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Points of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Technical Information for MP3 Player (US8)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Overhead Console
          • DVD Player
          • Display Screen
          • AUX Inputs
          • Parental Control
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • Wireless Headphones
          • Wired Headphone Jacks
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair (Chevrolet)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (GME)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Buick)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Molding Replacement
        • Rear Wheel Opening Molding Replacement (EWB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Opening Molding Replacement (SWB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Carpet Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Pan Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Extension Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cup Holder Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cup Holder Track Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Front Compartment Door Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Console Front Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Retainer Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Bracket Assembly Replacement
        • Roof Console Filler and Roof Front Outer Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console and Bracket Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lower Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cowl Side Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement (Door)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement (Sliding Door)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflator Air Valve Opening Cover Replacement
        • Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Front Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Trim Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Storage Tray Door Replacement
        • Rear Storage Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Pull Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Rear Trim Finish Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Luggage Rack And Roof Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Luggage Carrier New Installation
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Regular Wheelbase)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (PRO V64)
        • Luggage Carrier Cross Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivet Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Spoiler Replacement (Montana SV6 (Canadian), Uplander)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Storage Tray Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Support Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Actuator Cable and Passenger Seat Recliner Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/o SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Trim Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chain Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Base
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Base Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Tray Replacement - Rear (Captain Seat)
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Adjuster Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Strap Bezel Replacement (Rear No. 2)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Filler Panel Replacement
        • Seat Back Protector Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Belt Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Rear Seat No. 2
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Protector Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Adjust Rod Guide Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Door Jamb Switch - Liftgate
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Switch
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Marker Lamp - LF
          • Marker Lamp - RF
          • Multifunction Switch - I/P
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF
          • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Left
          • Roof Rail Reading Lamp - Right
          • Sliding Door Jamb Switch - Left
          • Sliding Door Jamb Switch - Right
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Tail Lamp - Left
          • Tail Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (C25)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH6)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH6)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Cruise Control Data List
          • BCM Data List
          • BCM Inputs
          • BCM Outputs
          • BASS Data List
        • DTC B2545
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3445
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3838
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Lamp Control Inoperative
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Low or High Beams Always On
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Flash to Pass Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Override Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Jamb Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Reading Lamp and Bulb Replacement
        • Interior Lamp and Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Bracket Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming (Domestic)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (European)
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamp Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Automatic Lamp Control (ALC)
          • Lights On Warning
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Park, Tail, Marker, and License Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Turn Signal Reminder
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Roof Rail Reading Lamps
            • Courtesy/Reading Lamps
            • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Modules and Driver Controls
  • Memory Modules
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Factory Defaults
          • All Keys Reset
          • Ext Light Delay
          • Int Lights Keys Removed
          • Delayed Locking
          • Content Theft
          • Fob Lock Feedback
          • Remote Start
          • Rear Park Chime
          • Personalize Key
          • Replace Key
          • Radio Station Personalized
          • Auto Door Lock
          • Auto Door Unlock
          • Auto Unlock On
          • Fob Unlock On 1st Press
          • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connectors
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
        • Mirror Face Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connectors
          • Lift Lower Limit Switch (AQW)
          • Lift Upper Limit Switch (AQW)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Switch (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Passenger (AG2 or AH8)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AH8)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 (AG0)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 (AG0)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Passenger (AH8)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Relay (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 1 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 2 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 3 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Door Jamb Switch Relay (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Ignition Relay (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module C1 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module C2 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Remote (AQW)
          • Swivel Inside Limit Switch (AQW)
          • Swivel Motor (AQW)
          • Swivel Outside Limit Switch (AQW)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 022
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 024
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC 025
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 032
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 033
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 034
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC 035
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 041
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 042
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 043
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 052
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2755 or B2760
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • On-Board Diagnostic Features
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Sit-N-Lift Mobility Seat Does Not Enter Diagnostic Mode
        • Sit-N-Lift Mobility Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
        • Driver Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Remote Control Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobility Seat Control Module Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Limit Switch Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Memory Function Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Sit-N-Lift Mobility Seat Description and Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Storage Tray Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Support Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Actuator Cable and Passenger Seat Recliner Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/o SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Trim Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chain Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Base
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Base Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Tray Replacement - Rear (Captain Seat)
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Adjuster Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Strap Bezel Replacement (Rear No. 2)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Filler Panel Replacement
        • Seat Back Protector Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Belt Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Rear Seat No. 2
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Protector Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Adjust Rod Guide Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Seat Heating System & Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connectors
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Cushion
          • Heated Seat Relay - Driver
          • Heated Seat Relay - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1920 or B2165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console C1 (E58)
          • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console C2 (A20)
          • Rear Quarter Window Actuator - Left (A20)
          • Rear Quarter Window Actuator - Right (A20)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Switch - Driver
          • Window Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting:
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Front Windows
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Quarter Window(s) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Sliding Door Swing Out Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Stationary Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Without A20 Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (With A20 Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Swing Out)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Swing Out Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Body Side Window Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Front Passenger Window Operation
        • Rear Quarter Window Description and Operation
          • Rear Quarter Window System Components
          • Rear Quarter Window System Controls
          • Rear Quarter Window System Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer Connectors
          • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump
          • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Relay
          • Rear Window Wiper Motor
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3873
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3874
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3875
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3922
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Rear Washer Inoperative
        • Rear Wiper Always On
        • Rear Wiper Inoperative
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Washer Nozzle Replacement
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Washer Nozzle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Washer Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Washer Pump Hose Replacement - Washer Pump to Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (Buick)
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (Pontiac)
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper Blade Replacement
          • Remove Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper Blade Element Replacement
        • Wiper Motor Crank Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Wash Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Sliding Door Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connectors
          • Door Contact Plate - Left C1
          • Door Contact Plate - Left C2
          • Door Contact Plate - Right C1
          • Door Contact Plate - Right C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C2
          • Door Lock Actuator - Left Middle
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - Right Middle
          • Door Lock Switch - Driver
          • Door Lock Switch - Passenger
          • Driver Door Key Switch (UA6)
          • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) C1 (E59)
          • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) C2 (E59)
          • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) C1 (E58)
          • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) C2 (E58)
          • Sliding Door Detent Switch - Left (E59)
          • Sliding Door Detent Switch - Right (E58)
          • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch - Left (E59)
          • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch - Right (E58)
          • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator - Left (E59)
          • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator - Right (E58)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1011
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1292, B1293, or B1294
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1292
            • B1292 and B1293
            • B1292, B1293, and B1294
            • B1293
            • B1294
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1395
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1395
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1420
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3250
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3260
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3260
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Door Lock Key Cylinder Switches Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Closes and Re-Opens
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Inoperative from One Switch
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Opens with Transaxle Out of Park
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Sliding Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Cable Guide Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Bumper Replacement
        • Fuel Filler Door Innerlock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Cable Tension Adjustment
        • Power Sliding Door Motor Clutch Replacement (E58 Right Hand)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sliding Door Motor Clutch Replacement (E59 Left Hand)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Front Side Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Liftgate Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Latch Cable Replacement
        • Sliding Door Outside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Innerlock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Rear Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Control Module Replacement (with E58)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Actuator Control Module Replacement (with E59)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Lock Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Jamb Contact Plate Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Lock Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Striker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
        • Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
        • Interior Lamp and Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Open/Close Pillar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Locks System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Sliding Door Delayed Locking
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Last Door Closed Locking
          • Key Cylinder Unlock
          • Key Cylinder Lock
        • Power Sliding Door (PSD) Description and Operation
          • Power Sliding Door (PSD) System Components
          • Power Sliding Door (PSD) System Controls
          • Power Sliding Door (PSD) System Description
            • Notes
            • Power Sliding Door Module (PSDM)
            • PSD Motor and Clutch
            • PSD Detent Switch
            • PSD Unlatch Actuator
            • PSD Unlock Actuator
            • PSD Position Sensor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export Including Canada)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connectors
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
          • Hood Ajar Switch (AP3 or AP8)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3101
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3102
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3103
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3106
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Remote Vehicle Start Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm Function
          • Remote Vehicle Start
          • Customer Programming Method for Enabling/Disabling the RVS Feature
          • Remote Vehicle Start Features That Allow A Remote Vehicle START/CONTINUE
          • Conditions to Stop A Remote Vehicle Start
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connectors
          • Theft Light Emitted Diode (LED)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator LED Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Driver Door Key Switch
            • Power Door Lock Switches
              • Notes
              • Inputs
              • Outputs
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Wind Noise Condition
          • Analyzing Wind Noise
          • The Road Test
            • Notes
            • Visual Inspection
            • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
            • Air Pressure Test
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Wind Noise
        • Interior Wind Noise
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front End Sheet Metal Diagonal Brace Replacement (Pontiac)
        • Front End Sheet Metal Diagonal Brace Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Front End Sheet Metal Diagonal Brace Replacement (Buick)
        • Rear Side Door Center Roller Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lower Roller Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Upper Roller Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Conduit Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Center Track Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Front Side Door Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Rear Side Door Adjustment
          • In and Out Adjustments
          • Up and Down Adjustment Procedure
        • Sliding Rear Side Door Front Edge In/Out Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sliding Rear Side Door Rear Edge In/Out Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Rear Side Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Rear Side Door Up/Down Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Liftgate Replacement
        • Liftgate Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Liftgate Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Adjustment
          • Notes
          • To Raise or Lower the Rear Corners
          • To Raise or Lower the Front Corners
          • Fore and Aft Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Latch Replacement (Buick)
        • Hood Latch Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Hood Latch Replacement (Pontiac)
        • Liftgate Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Catch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Locator Replacement (Pillar Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Locator Replacement (Door Side)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
        • Door Bottom Auxiliary Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Roof Drip Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Sliding Door Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Wedge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Wedge Replacement - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Front End Sealing Description
    • Bumper System & Fascia
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp and Front End Fascia Mount Panel Replacement (Buick)
        • Headlamp and Front End Fascia Mount Panel Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Front Bumper Lower Fascia Replacement (Buick)
        • Front Bumper Lower Fascia Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement (Pontiac)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Upper Molding Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Splash Shield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Energy Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Lower Deflector Replacement (Buick)
        • Radiator Air Lower Deflector Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Radiator Air Lower Deflector Replacement (Pontiac)
      • Description and Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
          • Notes
          • Generalized Testing
          • Watertest Stand Specifications
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Repair (Chevrolet)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (GME)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Buick)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Buick)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Molding Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Molding Replacement
        • Rear Wheel Opening Molding Replacement (EWB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Opening Molding Replacement (SWB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Weld Joint Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Carpet Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Pan Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Extension Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Lower Molding Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cup Holder Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cup Holder Track Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Floor Console Front Compartment Door Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Console Front Trim Plate Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Floor Console Side Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Front Floor Console Compartment Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Retainer Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Bracket Assembly Replacement
        • Roof Console Filler and Roof Front Outer Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console and Bracket Replacement
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lower Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cowl Side Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement (Door)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement (Sliding Door)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Center Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Lower Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Lock Pillar Upper Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflator Air Valve Opening Cover Replacement
        • Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Trim Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Front Trim Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Trim Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Storage Tray Door Replacement
        • Rear Storage Compartment Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Pull Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Rear Trim Finish Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Luggage Rack And Roof Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Luggage Carrier New Installation
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Regular Wheelbase)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (PRO V64)
        • Luggage Carrier Cross Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivet Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Spoiler Replacement (Montana SV6 (Canadian), Uplander)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Storage Tray Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Support Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Actuator Cable and Passenger Seat Recliner Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/o SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Trim Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chain Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Base
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Base Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Tray Replacement - Rear (Captain Seat)
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Adjuster Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Strap Bezel Replacement (Rear No. 2)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Filler Panel Replacement
        • Seat Back Protector Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Belt Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Rear Seat No. 2
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Protector Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Adjust Rod Guide Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Frame Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement
        • Engine Splash Shield Replacement
        • Rear Suspension Support Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailer Hitch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export Including Canada)
        • Replacing Keys
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Message Operation
            • Theft System Not Programmed
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Due To Theft System
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • GMLAN Wiring System
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connectors
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Power Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
        • Mirror Face Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
        • Rear Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connectors
          • Lift Lower Limit Switch (AQW)
          • Lift Upper Limit Switch (AQW)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 (AG0)
          • Memory Seat Switch (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Passenger (AG2 or AH8)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG0)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG1)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AG2)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (AH8)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 (AG0)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 (AG0)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Passenger (AH8)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Relay (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 1 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 2 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 3 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Door Jamb Switch Relay (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Ignition Relay (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module C1 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module C2 (AQW)
          • Sit-N-Lift Seat Remote (AQW)
          • Swivel Inside Limit Switch (AQW)
          • Swivel Motor (AQW)
          • Swivel Outside Limit Switch (AQW)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 022
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 024
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC 025
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 032
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 033
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 034
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC 035
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 041
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 042
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 043
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 052
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2755 or B2760
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • On-Board Diagnostic Features
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Sit-N-Lift Mobility Seat Does Not Enter Diagnostic Mode
        • Sit-N-Lift Mobility Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
        • Driver Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Remote Control Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobility Seat Control Module Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Limit Switch Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Memory Function Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Sit-N-Lift Mobility Seat Description and Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Trim Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Track Finish Cover Replacement
        • Front Seat Storage Tray Replacement
        • Front Seat Armrest Replacement
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
        • Front Seat Cushion Support Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
        • Front Seat Back Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Cushion Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Handle and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Driver Seat Recliner Actuator Cable and Passenger Seat Recliner Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Driver
        • Front Seat Frame Assembly Replacement - Passenger
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/o SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement (w/SIAB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Trim Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Chain Cover Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Sit-N-Lift Base
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Base Replacement - Sit-N-Lift
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Storage Tray Replacement - Rear (Captain Seat)
        • Rear Seat Armrest Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Riser Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Adjuster Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Adjuster Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Latch Release Strap Bezel Replacement (Rear No. 2)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Bucket)
        • Rear Seat Back Cushion Frame Replacement (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Cover Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Back Filler Panel Replacement
        • Seat Back Protector Replacement - Rear
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Bucket)
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Rear (Captain)
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Belt Opening Bezel Replacement
        • Rear Seat Number 2 Back Cushion Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Rear Seat No. 2
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Protector Replacement
        • Rear Seat Cushion Pad Wire Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Adjust Rod Guide Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
        • Rear Seat Riser Finish Cover Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Seat Heating System & Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connectors
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Back
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Cushion
          • Heated Seat Relay - Driver
          • Heated Seat Relay - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1920 or B2165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1925 or B2170
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2508 or B2509
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
  • Windows
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console C1 (E58)
          • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console C2 (A20)
          • Rear Quarter Window Actuator - Left (A20)
          • Rear Quarter Window Actuator - Right (A20)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid - C2
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Passenger
          • Window Switch - Driver
          • Window Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0283 02
            • B0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting:
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One or Both Front Windows
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Quarter Window(s) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
        • Sliding Door Swing Out Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Stationary Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Without A20 Manual)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (With A20 Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Right Side
        • Front Side Door Window Switch Replacement - Left Side
        • Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sliding Door Window Weatherstrip Replacement (Swing Out)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Swing Out Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows
        • Body Side Window Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Front Passenger Window Operation
        • Rear Quarter Window Description and Operation
          • Rear Quarter Window System Components
          • Rear Quarter Window System Controls
          • Rear Quarter Window System Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connectors
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
          • Steering Wheel Speed Position Sensor (JL4)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
          • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0052
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
            • C0037, C0042, C0047, or C0052
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035, C0037, C0040, C0042, C0045, C0047, C0050 or C0052
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0111-C0120
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0111
            • C0113
            • C0114
            • C0115
            • C0120
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0131-C0139
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0131
            • C0136
            • C0138
            • C0139
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0163-C0165
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
            • C0163, C0164 or C0165
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0163
            • C0164
            • C0165
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0179
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186 or C0187
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0186
            • C0187
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0241
            • P0856
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244 or P1689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0244
            • P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253 or C0254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0253
            • C254
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0253
            • C0254
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 or C0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0460
            • C0461
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1100
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C1101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Notes
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
            • ABS Indicator
            • Traction Control Off Indicator
            • Service ABS System Message
            • Service Brake System Message
            • Stability Control Active Message
            • Stability Control Off Message
            • Service Stability System Message
            • Traction Control Active Message
            • Traction Control Off Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Front Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
        • Rear Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement (J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brake Connectors
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Descriptions
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement (Disc Brakes)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • DTC B0005
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Front Cable Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement (With Solid Axle)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Equalizer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Antilock Brake System Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Antilock Brake System Component Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connectors
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
        • Steering Wheel Speed Position Sensor (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0052
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
          • C0037, C0042, C0047, or C0052
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035, C0037, C0040, C0042, C0045, C0047, C0050 or C0052
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0111-C0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0111
          • C0113
          • C0114
          • C0115
          • C0120
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0131-C0139
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0131
          • C0136
          • C0138
          • C0139
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC C0163-C0165
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • C0163, C0164 or C0165
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0163
          • C0164
          • C0165
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0179
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186 or C0187
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0186
          • C0187
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220-C0229
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0241 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0241
          • P0856
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0242
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0244 or P1689
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0244
          • P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0252
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253 or C0254
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0253
          • C254
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0253
          • C0254
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0281
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0460 or C0461
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0460
          • C0461
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0561
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1100
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC C1101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
        • Circuit Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Notes
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Notes
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Off Indicator
          • Service ABS System Message
          • Service Brake System Message
          • Stability Control Active Message
          • Stability Control Off Message
          • Service Stability System Message
          • Traction Control Active Message
          • Traction Control Off Message
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views (Delphi - Front)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation (M15, M76)
          • Notes
          • Seals And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tri-pot Joint
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
          • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module C1 (KC7)
          • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module C2 (KC7)
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - 115VAC (KC7)
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Inoperative (120 AC Volts)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
        • AC/DC Power Outlet Control Module Replacement
        • 120-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation (120 AC Volts)
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Lever Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (UH9)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block Connector End View (AQW)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Mobile Entertainment Player Module Connector End View (UMS)
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View (UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Left
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left (CJ3)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right (CJ3)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Vent and Floor Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness Connector End View (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness Connector End View (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness Connector End View (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness Connector End View (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness Connector End View (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness Connector End View (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Multifunction Switch Connector End View - I/P
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (C25)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C1 (KC7)
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C2 (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - 115VAC (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lift Lower Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Lift Upper Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2 or AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 1 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 2 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 3 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Door Jamb Switch Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Ignition Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Remote Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Inside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Motor Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Outside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3 or AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP370 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 Connector End View (AQW)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft Light Emitted Diode (LED) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C2
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left Middle
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right Middle
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Driver Door Key Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C1 (E59)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C2 (E59)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C2 (E58)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Right (E58)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C2 (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Left (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Right (A20)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - I/P Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block (AQW)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP370 (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 (AQW)
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - DTC B1370 To P2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1428
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1433
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1475
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • GMLAN Wiring System
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
          • Starter Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Windshield Deice Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - I/P Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block (AQW)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP370 (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 (AQW)
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Compartment Fuse/Relay Center
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Displays and Gages Component Views
      • Displays and Gages Connectors
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (UH9)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0160
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B0161
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B0931
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B0935
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0464
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0522
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0523
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Compass Calibration
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Driver Information Display Switch Replacement
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Rear Parking Assist
        • Turn Signal Reminder
        • Additional Chimes
      • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Set/Reset Button
        • Information Button
          • Notes
          • Average Speed
          • Fuel Range
          • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
        • Menu Button
          • Notes
          • Units
          • Language
          • Personalization
        • Compass/Temperature Mode
        • Dimming Control
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Engine Oil Pressure
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • OVERSPEED
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometers
          • Notes
          • Season Odometer
          • Trip Odometer
        • Oil Life Left
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connectors
          • Horn - Left
          • Horn - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
          • Vehicles Equipped With Content Theft Deterrent (UA6)
          • Vehicles Not Equipped With Content Theft Deterrent (UA6)
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
          • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module C1 (KC7)
          • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module C2 (KC7)
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - 115VAC (KC7)
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Rear
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Power Outlets
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Outlet Receptacle Inoperative (120 AC Volts)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
        • AC/DC Power Outlet Control Module Replacement
        • 120-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Outlets Description and Operation (120 AC Volts)
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Lever Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (UH9)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block Connector End View (AQW)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Mobile Entertainment Player Module Connector End View (UMS)
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View (UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Left
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left (CJ3)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right (CJ3)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Vent and Floor Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness Connector End View (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness Connector End View (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness Connector End View (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness Connector End View (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness Connector End View (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness Connector End View (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Multifunction Switch Connector End View - I/P
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (C25)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C1 (KC7)
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C2 (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - 115VAC (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lift Lower Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Lift Upper Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2 or AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 1 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 2 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 3 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Door Jamb Switch Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Ignition Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Remote Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Inside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Motor Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Outside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3 or AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP370 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 Connector End View (AQW)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft Light Emitted Diode (LED) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C2
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left Middle
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right Middle
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Driver Door Key Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C1 (E59)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C2 (E59)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C2 (E58)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Right (E58)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C2 (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Left (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Right (A20)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - I/P Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block (AQW)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP370 (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 (AQW)
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - DTC B1370 To P2535
      • DTC B1370
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1380
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1385
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1428
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1433
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B1475
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2535
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Notes
        • GMLAN Wiring System
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Connector Anatomy
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostal Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
          • Starter Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Windshield Deice Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Automatic Level Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor Connector End View (G67)
        • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View (G67 w/o Z10)
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Cruise Control Lever Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (UH9)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Connector End Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block Connector End View (AQW)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View
        • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Battery Current Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Starter Motor Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Audio Coupling Transformer Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C1 (UMS)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View C2 (UMS)
        • Mobile Entertainment Player Module Connector End View (UMS)
        • OnStar Button Assembly Connector End View (UE1)
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Left
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Tweeter - Right
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Unit (VCU) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Driver
        • Heated Seat Relay Connector End View - Passenger
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View - Left
        • Horn Connector End View - Right
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left (CJ3)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right (CJ3)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (C69)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Vent and Floor Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Exciter Module Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness Connector End View (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness Connector End View (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness Connector End View
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness Connector End View (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness Connector End View (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness Connector End View (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness Connector End View (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness Connector End View (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness Connector End View (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness Connector End View
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness Connector End View (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Multifunction Switch Connector End View - I/P
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Rail Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Sliding Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (C25)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
      • Object Detection Connector End Views
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - LR Middle
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Corner
        • Object Sensor Connector End View - RR Middle
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C1 (KC7)
        • Accessory AC/DC Power Control Module Connector End View C2 (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - 115VAC (KC7)
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Rear
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lift Lower Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Lift Upper Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (AG0)
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Passenger (AG2 or AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG0)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C1 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver C2 (AG0)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Brake Transmission Shift Interlock Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 1 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 2 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Diode 3 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Door Jamb Switch Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat/Ignition Relay Connector End View (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C1 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Module Connector End View C2 (AQW)
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Remote Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Inside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Motor Connector End View (AQW)
        • Swivel Outside Limit Switch Connector End View (AQW)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (AP3 or AP8)
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Right
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AJ7 or AK5)
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - LR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right (AJ7 or AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - RR (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Left (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AJ7)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Right (AW9)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - LF
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - RF
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP370 Connector End View (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 Connector End View (AQW)
      • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
        • Theft Light Emitted Diode (LED) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Left C2
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C1
        • Door Contact Plate Connector End View - Right C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Left Middle
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Right Middle
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Passenger
        • Driver Door Key Switch Connector End View (UA6)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C1 (E59)
        • Left Sliding Door Module (LSDM) Connector End View C2 (E59)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Right Sliding Door Module (RSDM) Connector End View C2 (E58)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Detent Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Open/Close Switch Connector End View - Right (E58)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Left (E59)
        • Sliding Door Unlatch Actuator Connector End View - Right (E58)
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C1 (E58)
        • Multifunction Switch - Overhead Console Connector End View C2 (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Left (A20)
        • Rear Quarter Window Actuator Connector End View - Right (A20)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.9L VIN 1
        • 3.9L VIN W
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.9L VIN 1
        • 3.9L VIN W
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Ignition 1 Relay
            • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Component Locator & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block - I/P Label
        • Fuse Block - I/P Top View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - I/P C1
        • Fuse Block - I/P C2
        • Sit-N-Lift Seat Fuse Block (AQW)
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP370 (AQW)
        • Splice Pack SP372 (AQW)
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C101 I/P Harness to the Engine Harness
        • C102 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Harness
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Harness
        • C104 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Harness
        • C105 Engine Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C108 I/P Harness to the Battery Harness
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to the Cooling Fan Jumper Harness
        • C120 Forward Lamp Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C126 I/P Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
        • C140 Engine Harness to CKP and KS 1 Jumper Harness
        • C200 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C204 Body Harness to the I/P Harness
        • C205 I/P Harness to the HVAC Jumper Harness (CJ3)
        • C206 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C217 I/P Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C219 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C254 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C275 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Body Harness
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (K34)
        • C277 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Column Harness (w/o K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (K34)
        • C279 Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil to the Steering Wheel Harness (w/o K34)
        • C301 Driver Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C302 Passenger Door Harness to the Body Harness
        • C305 Fuel Tank Harness and Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness to the Body Harness
        • C306 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C307 Body Harness to the PhatNoise Harness (UMS)
        • C308 Body Harness to the Headliner Harness
        • C309 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Harness to the Rear Cross-Car Jumper Harness
        • C313 Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness
        • C314 Body Harness to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (AW9)
        • C314 Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness (w/o AQW or AW9)
        • C315 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C316 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right Jumper Harness (AJ7) to the Body Harness (AJ7)
        • C317 Driver Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AG0) to the Driver Seat Harness (AG0)
        • C318 Passenger Seat Recliner Jumper Harness (AH8) to the Passenger Seat Harness (AH8)
        • C360 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Passenger Seat Harness
        • C380 Body Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW)
        • C382 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C384 Mobility Seat Interface Harness (AQW) to the Mobility Seat Base Harness (AQW)
        • C395 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C396 Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RR Jumper Harness (AW9) to the Body Harness (AW9)
        • C400 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C402 Liftgate Harness to the Body Harness
        • C405 Body Harness to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C409 Trailer Harness (V92) to the ALC Jumper Harness (G67)
        • C420 Rear Parking Assist Display Jumper Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C426 Body Harness to the Accessory Power Outlet Jumper Harness (KC7)
        • C440 Rear Parking Assist Harness (UD7) to the Body Harness
        • C459 Left Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E59) to Left Sliding Door Cable Motor (E59)
        • C460 Right Sliding Door Module Jumper Harness (E58) to Right Sliding Door Cable Motor (E58)
        • C479 Body Harness to the Left Tail Lamp Harness
        • C480 Body Harness to the Right Tail Lamp Harness
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connectors
          • Cooling Fan - Left
          • Cooling Fan - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1258
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Diagnosis
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Cooling Fan Always On
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (Static Fill LZ9)
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (Vac-N-Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LZ9)
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LZ9)
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement (LZ9)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Crossover Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Hot Coolant Temp
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
            • Notes
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Engine Oil Cooler
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • Resetting Procedure
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.9L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Low or No Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Tools Required
        • Locating and Identifying the Leak
        • Visual Inspection Method
        • Powder Method
        • Black Light and Dye Method
        • Possible Causes for Leaks
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Intake Manifold Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure 3.9L
          • Installation Procedure 3.9L
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rotating the Engine for Service Access
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Rear Bearing Hole Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal (Automatic Transmission)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Engine Mount Strut and Engine Lift Bracket Removal
        • Engine Mount Support and Strut Bracket Removal
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left Side
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right Side
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right Side
        • Upper Intake Manifold Removal
        • Lower Intake Manifold Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left Side
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right Side
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Heater Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Engine Block Heater Installation
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Lower Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Cleaning and Inspection
        • Upper Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Piston Oil Nozzle Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Using J 43690 and J 43690-100
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pump Drive Installation
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left Side
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right Side
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Lower Intake Manifold Installation
        • Upper Intake Manifold Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left Side
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right Side
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left Side
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right Side
        • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Coolant Crossover Pipe Installation
        • Engine Mount Support and Strut Bracket Installation
        • Engine Mount Strut and Engine Lift Bracket Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation (Automatic Transmission)
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Component Comparison
        • Fastener Changes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • Changed Engine Specifications
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Notes
        • Applying RTV Sealer
        • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Battery Current Sensor
          • Generator
          • Starter Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Current Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Ground Strap Replacement
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Battery Current Sensor
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Windshield Deice Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Battery Voltage
            • Battery Saver Active
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description (Key Start)
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - CHEVROLET Engines
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 3.6L
    • 2008 Equinox 3.6L
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connectors
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connectors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Solenoid Valve
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tools Required
          • With CH-48027
          • Without CH-48027
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve System Description
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve System
            • Notes
            • Ignition Voltage Circuit
            • Ground Circuit
            • IMT Valve Control Circuit
            • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • E85 Flex Fuel Description
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Symptoms Description
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Composition Diagnosis
        • System Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
      • Service Bay Test
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - DTC P0010 To P0420
      • DTC P0010 or P0011
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P2135
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0120
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0220
          • P0222
          • P0223
          • P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332, or P0333
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0324
          • P0325 and P0330
          • P0326
          • P0327, P0328, P0332, and P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340 or P0341
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351, P0352, or P0353
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - DTC P0442 To P2544
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC Sets
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P0607
          • P060D
          • P062F
          • P2610
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0660, P2070, P2071, P2077, or P2078
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Notes
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • DTC P1174
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1400
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2544
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connectors
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connectors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM)
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Solenoid Valve
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tools Required
          • With CH-48027
          • Without CH-48027
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Injector and Fuel Rail Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement (Long Wheel Base)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Inlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Valve System Description
          • Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve System
            • Notes
            • Ignition Voltage Circuit
            • Ground Circuit
            • IMT Valve Control Circuit
            • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • E85 Flex Fuel Description
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Feed Pipe
          • Nylon Fuel Pipe
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Knock Sensor (KS)
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Symptoms Description
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Composition Diagnosis
        • System Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
      • Service Bay Test
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - DTC P0010 To P0420
      • DTC P0010 or P0011
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0102
          • P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P2135
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0120
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0220
          • P0222
          • P0223
          • P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, or P0206
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332, or P0333
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0324
          • P0325 and P0330
          • P0326
          • P0327, P0328, P0332, and P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340 or P0341
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351, P0352, or P0353
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Actions Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 3.9L - DTC P0442 To P2544
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC Sets
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0601
          • P0602
          • P0603
          • P0604
          • P0606
          • P0607
          • P060D
          • P062F
          • P2610
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
          • P0641
          • P0651
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0660, P2070, P2071, P2077, or P2078
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Notes
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Ignition Voltage Circuit
          • Ground Circuit
          • IMT Valve Control Circuit
          • IMT Valve Signal Circuit
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0660
          • P2070
          • P2071
          • P2077
          • P2078
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
      • DTC P1174
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1400
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2544
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.9L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Fault Information
      • Description
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.9L (LZ9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Frame-Contact Lift
            • Front Hoist Pad
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Suspension-Contact Lift
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Floor Jack
            • Under Front Frame
            • Under Rear Axle
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.9L (LZ9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Frame-Contact Lift
            • Front Hoist Pad
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Suspension-Contact Lift
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Floor Jack
            • Under Front Frame
            • Under Rear Axle
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Safety and Security
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission/Transaxle
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
          • DTC Symptom Subtypes
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire Rotational Speed
            • Determining Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Using EVA
            • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Without EVA
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Description
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Warnings And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Automatic Transaxle Range Selector Cable Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Damaged Fan Blade Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Failure to Prep Primer Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • On-Vehicle Fire Extinguisher Caution
        • Park Brake Cable to Caliper Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air in the Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting to Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Constant Velocity Joint Seal Damage Notice
        • Cover and Plug Openings Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling Idle Air Control Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBD II Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Powertrain Control Module and Electrostatic Discharge Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Steering Column in Lock Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • Resetting Procedure
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 3.9L (LZ9) Engine ID and VIN Derivative
          • 4T65-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Frame-Contact Lift
            • Front Hoist Pad
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Suspension-Contact Lift
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Lifting the Vehicle with a Floor Jack
            • Under Front Frame
            • Under Rear Axle
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic (Auxiliary System)
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic (Front System)
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Auxiliary Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LZ9)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement (LZ9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement (LZ9)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Inlet Tube and Evaporator Outlet Tube Replacement (w/C60)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Dehydrator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose/Pipe and Heater Outlet Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Center Air Outlet Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Replacement - Right Side
        • Floor Air Outlet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Air Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Air Outlet Ducts Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Air Outlet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Air Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Mode Door Replacement (Dual Zone)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Mode Door Replacement (Single Zone)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Heater Pipe Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Replacement (Without E59)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Replacement (With E59)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Distribution Lower Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Distributor Duct Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Conditioning Evaporator Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary HVAC Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Conditioning Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Heater and Air Conditioning Pipe Replacement/Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Minimum Tube Length Required Table
          • Straight Line Repair
          • Line Sectioning Repair
        • Auxiliary Evaporator Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (C69)
          • Air Temperature Actuator (C60)
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Left (CJ3)
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Right (CJ3)
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor - Auxiliary (C69)
          • Blower Motor Control Module - Auxiliary (C69)
          • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • Defrost Actuator
          • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module C3
          • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (C69)
          • Recirculation Actuator
          • Vent and Floor Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0238, B0239, B0248, B0249, B0251, B0268, B0269, B0408, B0409, B0414, B0418, B0419, B0424, B0428, B0429, B0434, B3531, B3532, B3747, B3749 or B3782
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Actuators Recalibration
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement (Single Zone)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right Side (Dual Zone)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left Side (Dual Zone)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Heater and Air Conditioning Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Door Actuators
            • Air Speed
            • OFF Mode
            • Auxiliary Air Speed
            • Air Delivery
            • Auxiliary Air Delivery
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Evaporator Low Ambient Protection
            • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Dual Zone Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operations
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • Resetting Procedure
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics (AK5 or AJ7)
        • SIR Schematics (AW9)
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Identification Views
        • SIR Connectors
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Left (AJ7 or AK5)
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Left (AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Right (AJ7 or AK5)
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Right (AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) (AJ7 or AK5)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) (AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Left (AJ7 or AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LR (AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - Right (AJ7 or AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - RR (AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) - Left (AJ7)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) - Left (AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) - Right (AJ7)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) - Right (AW9)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - LF
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - RF
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 024
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 063
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 064
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 065
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0057, B0058, or B0059
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0064, B0065, or B0066
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0092
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0098
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104, or B0105
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0109, B0110, or B0111
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0112, B0113, or B0114
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1241
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Passenger Presence System Rezeroing
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Rear
        • Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Module Indicator Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Live and Undeployed Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle - Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle - Vehicle Scrapping Procedure
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement (Bucket Seat)
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement (Captain Seat)
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement (LWB w/RPO E59)
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement (SWB)
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
          • Seat Belt Switch - Left
          • Seat Belt Switch - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement (Bucket Seat)
        • Rear Seat Belt Buckle Replacement (Captain Seat)
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement (LWB w/RPO E59)
        • Rear Seat Belt Retractor Replacement (SWB)
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering System Bleeding
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Inlet Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Power Steering System Test
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Power Steering System Bleeding
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Power Steering System Flushing
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Inlet Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Special Tools
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Level Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Level Control Component Views
        • Automatic Level Control Connectors
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor (G67)
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Compressor Relay (G67)
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Inflator Air Switch (G67 w/o Z10)
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Sensor (G67)
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) Solenoid Valve (G67 w/o Z10)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
        • DTC 011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 012
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC 013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 021
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 022
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 032
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 033
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Level Control Inflator Fill Valve Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Level Control Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Fill Valve Replacement
        • Automatic Level Control Inflator Air Switch Replacement
        • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Link Replacement (IRS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Link Replacement (Twist Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Replacement (IRS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Replacement (Twist Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Link Ball Stud Replacement (IRS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Level Control Sensor Link Ball Stud Replacement (Twist Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Crossover Air Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Compressor Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflator Solenoid Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Level Control (ALC) System
          • Rear Suspension Leveling Air Compressor
          • ALC Sensor
          • Rear Leveling Shock Absorbers
          • Tubing and Fittings
          • Air Compressor Filter
          • Raising Vehicle
          • Lowering Vehicle
          • Air Replenishment Cycle
          • Compressor Head Relief
          • Inflator Solenoid
          • Inflator Switch
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (with Rear IRS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (with Rear Twist Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (with Rear IRS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (with Rear Twist Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Front Suspension)
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Rear Suspension)
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring J and K Dimensions
          • Measuring the Z Dimension (Front Suspension)
          • Measuring the D Dimension (Rear Suspension)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear (Without Independent Suspension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement (Twist Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (Twist Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement (Front Wheel Drive with Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Front Suspension)
        • Ball Joint Inspection (Rear Suspension)
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring J and K Dimensions
          • Measuring the Z Dimension (Front Suspension)
          • Measuring the D Dimension (Rear Suspension)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Torque Steer Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
        • Notes
        • Symptoms
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Internal Mode Switch, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Bracket Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Forward Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Vent Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Thermo Element Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Wiring Harness Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pump Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Weir Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Extension Housing Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Final Drive Replacement (M15)
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Shaft Replacement (M15)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Connector Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Transmission Mount Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Brace Replacement (Front Wheel Drive)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (M15)
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Forward Servo Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Oil Pump Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Case Cover Removal
          • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Reverse Band Removal
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
          • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Case Components Disassemble
          • Case Components Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Forward Band Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Disassemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl, and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Torque Converter Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P0973
      • DTC P0218
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, or P0604 (3.9L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P062F (3.9L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0717
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0842
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0843
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0850
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0851
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0852
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0961
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - DTC P0974 To DTC P2767
      • DTC P0974
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0977
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1811
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1820
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1822
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1823
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1825
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1826
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1915
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
      • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Fluid Checking
      • Line Pressure Check
      • Road Test
        • Notes
        • Electrical Function Check
        • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Manual Downshifts
        • Coasting Downshifts
        • Manual Gear Range Selection
      • Torque Converter Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Torque Converter Stator
        • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
        • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
        • Noise
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
        • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
      • Torque Converter Replacement Guide
      • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
        • Isolating Vibration
        • Indexing Torque Converter
      • Noise and Vibration Analysis
      • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
        • Composition Plates
        • Steel Plates
        • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
      • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
      • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • General Method
        • Powder Method
        • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
      • Case Porosity Repair
      • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J35944-A)
        • Notes
        • Preparation
        • Back Flush
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Machine Set-up
        • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
        • Back Flush Procedure
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Code Recording Procedure
        • Clean-up
      • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
      • Incorrect Line Pressure
      • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
      • Harsh Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
      • Slips in Drive or No Drive
      • Slips in Reverse or No Reverse
      • Locked Up in Drive/Reverse
      • No Park Range
      • Harsh or Soft 1-2 Shift Feel
      • Harsh or Soft 2-3/3-2 Shift Feel
      • Harsh or Soft 3-4/4-3 Shift Feel
      • High or Low Upshift or Downshift Speed
      • First and Second Gear Only - 2-3 Solenoid Stuck On
      • First and Fourth Gear Only - 1-2 Solenoid Stuck On
      • Second and Third Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck Off)
      • Third and Fourth Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck Off)
      • First Gear Only
      • Second Gear Only
      • Third Gear Only
      • Fourth Gear Only
      • Slipping or No First Gear
      • Slipping or No Second Gear
      • Slipping or No Third Gear
      • Slipping or No Fourth Gear
      • No Engine Braking in Manual Second or Low Range
      • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
      • Popping Noise
      • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
      • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
      • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
      • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
      • Noise in Random Ranges
      • Abnormal Noise in Park or Neutral Range
      • Converter Clutch Stuck On in All Gears
      • Converter Clutch Stuck On in Second, Third and Fourth Gear
      • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch Apply or Release
      • Converter Clutch Apply Rough, Slips, or Shudders
      • No Torque Converter Clutch Apply
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Shift Lock Control Connectors
          • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
        • DTC B2705
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
          • Transmission Internal Mode Switch, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor, Wiring Harness Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Bracket Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Forward Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right Side
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Test Hole Plug Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Vent Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter and Seal Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Thermo Element Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Wiring Harness Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Side Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pump Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Weir Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Extension Housing Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Final Drive Replacement (M15)
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Shaft Replacement (M15)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Connector Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Transmission Mount Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Brace Replacement (Front Wheel Drive)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (M15)
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
          • Reverse Servo Removal
          • Forward Servo Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Transmission Fluid Filter Inspection
          • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
          • Wiring Harness Removal
          • Oil Pump Removal
          • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Removal
          • Output Shaft Removal
          • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
          • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left Side
          • Case Cover Removal
          • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
          • Drive Link Stretch Check
          • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
          • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Reverse Band Removal
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
          • Case Extension Assembly Removal
          • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
          • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Case Components Disassemble
          • Case Components Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
          • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
          • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Forward Band Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
          • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
          • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
          • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
          • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Disassemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input and 3rd Clutch Pawl Functional Check
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
          • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing, Input Clutch Pawl, and 3rd Clutch Pawl Assemble
          • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
          • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
          • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Reverse Band Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
          • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
          • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
          • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Inspection (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
          • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left Side
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover Components Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
          • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
          • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right Side
          • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right Side (FWD Only)
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Control Valve Body Clean
          • Control Valve Body Inspection
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
          • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
          • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
          • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Components Assemble
          • Wiring Harness Assemble
          • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
          • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
          • Accumulator Components Disassemble
          • Accumulator Components Assemble
          • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
          • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
          • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Forward Band Servo Assemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
          • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
          • Output Shaft Assemble
          • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
          • Torque Converter Inspection
          • Torque Converter Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Park - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Neutral - Engine Running - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
            • Reverse - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - TCC Not Applied - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
            • Drive Range, Manual 3rd - from Overdrive Range - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Drive Range, Manual 2nd - from Drive, Manual 3rd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - Without Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Drive Range, Manual 1st - from Drive, Manual 2nd - With Touch Activated Power - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages